ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

80
ENC6800+ Composite Encoder and ENS6800+ Composite Encoder Synchronizer Installation and Operation Manual Edition D 175-000147-00

Transcript of ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Page 1: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

ENC6800+ Composite Encoder and ENS6800+ Composite Encoder Synchronizer

Installation and Operation Manual

Edition D175-000147-00

Edition DDecember 2005

ENC6800+ Composite Encoder

ENS6800+ Composite Encoder Synchronizer

Installation and Operation Manual

Trademarks and CopyrightsCCS CCS CoPilot CCS Navigator CCS Pilot Command Control System CineTone CinePhase CineSound DigiBus DigiPeek Digital Glue DigiWorks DTV Glue EventWORKS EZ HD Genesis HDTV Glue Image Q Icon IconLogo IconMaster IconMaster Nav IconSet Icon Station Inca Inca Station InfoCaster Inscriber Inscriber CGmdashFX Integrator LeFont Leitch LogoMotion MediaFile MIX BOX NEO the NEO design NEOSCOPE NewsFlash Nexio Opus Panacea PanelMAPPER Platinum Portal PROM-Slide RouterMAPPER RouterWORKS Signal Quality Manager SpyderWeb SuiteView TitleMotion UNIFRAME Velocity VelocityHD VideoCarte Videotek and X75 are trademarks of the Harris Corporation which may be registered in the United States Canada andor other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective ownersCopyright 2006 Harris Corporation All rights reserved This publication supersedes all previous releases Printed in Canada

Warranty InformationThe Limited Warranty Policy provides a complete description of your warranty coverage limitations and exclusions as well as procedures for obtaining warranty service To view the complete warranty visit wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch

Contents

PrefaceManual Information vii

Purpose viiAudience viiRevision History viiWriting Conventions viiiObtaining Documents viii

UnpackingShipping Information ixUnpacking a Product ixProduct Servicing ixReturning a Product ix

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance xWaste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance xiSafety xii

Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual xii

Chapter 1 IntroductionOverview 1Product Description 2Module Descriptions 4

Front Module 4Back Connector 6

Signal Flow 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual iii

Contents

Chapter 2 InstallationOverview 9Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings 10Unpacking the Module 11

Preparing the Product for Installation 11Checking the Packing List 11

Setting Jumpers 12Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control 12Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source 13Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output 14

Installing 6800+ Modules 15Making Connections 15Removing 6800+ Modules 15

Chapter 3 OperationOverview 17Operating Notes 18

Cross-Functional Parameter Changes 19Changing Parameter Settings 20

Recalling Default Parameter Settings 21Reading Software and Hardware Versions 21

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters 22LEDs and Alarms 30

Monitoring LEDs 30Module Status LEDs 32Alarms 33

Chapter 4 SpecificationsOverview 35Video Input 36

Serial Digital Video 36Reference Input 36

Video Output 37Composite Analog 37Serial Digital Video 38Data IO Output 38

Power Consumption 38Operating Temperature 39

iv ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 2: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Edition DDecember 2005

ENC6800+ Composite Encoder

ENS6800+ Composite Encoder Synchronizer

Installation and Operation Manual

Trademarks and CopyrightsCCS CCS CoPilot CCS Navigator CCS Pilot Command Control System CineTone CinePhase CineSound DigiBus DigiPeek Digital Glue DigiWorks DTV Glue EventWORKS EZ HD Genesis HDTV Glue Image Q Icon IconLogo IconMaster IconMaster Nav IconSet Icon Station Inca Inca Station InfoCaster Inscriber Inscriber CGmdashFX Integrator LeFont Leitch LogoMotion MediaFile MIX BOX NEO the NEO design NEOSCOPE NewsFlash Nexio Opus Panacea PanelMAPPER Platinum Portal PROM-Slide RouterMAPPER RouterWORKS Signal Quality Manager SpyderWeb SuiteView TitleMotion UNIFRAME Velocity VelocityHD VideoCarte Videotek and X75 are trademarks of the Harris Corporation which may be registered in the United States Canada andor other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective ownersCopyright 2006 Harris Corporation All rights reserved This publication supersedes all previous releases Printed in Canada

Warranty InformationThe Limited Warranty Policy provides a complete description of your warranty coverage limitations and exclusions as well as procedures for obtaining warranty service To view the complete warranty visit wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch

Contents

PrefaceManual Information vii

Purpose viiAudience viiRevision History viiWriting Conventions viiiObtaining Documents viii

UnpackingShipping Information ixUnpacking a Product ixProduct Servicing ixReturning a Product ix

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance xWaste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance xiSafety xii

Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual xii

Chapter 1 IntroductionOverview 1Product Description 2Module Descriptions 4

Front Module 4Back Connector 6

Signal Flow 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual iii

Contents

Chapter 2 InstallationOverview 9Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings 10Unpacking the Module 11

Preparing the Product for Installation 11Checking the Packing List 11

Setting Jumpers 12Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control 12Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source 13Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output 14

Installing 6800+ Modules 15Making Connections 15Removing 6800+ Modules 15

Chapter 3 OperationOverview 17Operating Notes 18

Cross-Functional Parameter Changes 19Changing Parameter Settings 20

Recalling Default Parameter Settings 21Reading Software and Hardware Versions 21

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters 22LEDs and Alarms 30

Monitoring LEDs 30Module Status LEDs 32Alarms 33

Chapter 4 SpecificationsOverview 35Video Input 36

Serial Digital Video 36Reference Input 36

Video Output 37Composite Analog 37Serial Digital Video 38Data IO Output 38

Power Consumption 38Operating Temperature 39

iv ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 3: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Trademarks and CopyrightsCCS CCS CoPilot CCS Navigator CCS Pilot Command Control System CineTone CinePhase CineSound DigiBus DigiPeek Digital Glue DigiWorks DTV Glue EventWORKS EZ HD Genesis HDTV Glue Image Q Icon IconLogo IconMaster IconMaster Nav IconSet Icon Station Inca Inca Station InfoCaster Inscriber Inscriber CGmdashFX Integrator LeFont Leitch LogoMotion MediaFile MIX BOX NEO the NEO design NEOSCOPE NewsFlash Nexio Opus Panacea PanelMAPPER Platinum Portal PROM-Slide RouterMAPPER RouterWORKS Signal Quality Manager SpyderWeb SuiteView TitleMotion UNIFRAME Velocity VelocityHD VideoCarte Videotek and X75 are trademarks of the Harris Corporation which may be registered in the United States Canada andor other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective ownersCopyright 2006 Harris Corporation All rights reserved This publication supersedes all previous releases Printed in Canada

Warranty InformationThe Limited Warranty Policy provides a complete description of your warranty coverage limitations and exclusions as well as procedures for obtaining warranty service To view the complete warranty visit wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch

Contents

PrefaceManual Information vii

Purpose viiAudience viiRevision History viiWriting Conventions viiiObtaining Documents viii

UnpackingShipping Information ixUnpacking a Product ixProduct Servicing ixReturning a Product ix

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance xWaste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance xiSafety xii

Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual xii

Chapter 1 IntroductionOverview 1Product Description 2Module Descriptions 4

Front Module 4Back Connector 6

Signal Flow 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual iii

Contents

Chapter 2 InstallationOverview 9Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings 10Unpacking the Module 11

Preparing the Product for Installation 11Checking the Packing List 11

Setting Jumpers 12Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control 12Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source 13Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output 14

Installing 6800+ Modules 15Making Connections 15Removing 6800+ Modules 15

Chapter 3 OperationOverview 17Operating Notes 18

Cross-Functional Parameter Changes 19Changing Parameter Settings 20

Recalling Default Parameter Settings 21Reading Software and Hardware Versions 21

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters 22LEDs and Alarms 30

Monitoring LEDs 30Module Status LEDs 32Alarms 33

Chapter 4 SpecificationsOverview 35Video Input 36

Serial Digital Video 36Reference Input 36

Video Output 37Composite Analog 37Serial Digital Video 38Data IO Output 38

Power Consumption 38Operating Temperature 39

iv ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 4: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Contents

PrefaceManual Information vii

Purpose viiAudience viiRevision History viiWriting Conventions viiiObtaining Documents viii

UnpackingShipping Information ixUnpacking a Product ixProduct Servicing ixReturning a Product ix

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance xWaste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance xiSafety xii

Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual xii

Chapter 1 IntroductionOverview 1Product Description 2Module Descriptions 4

Front Module 4Back Connector 6

Signal Flow 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual iii

Contents

Chapter 2 InstallationOverview 9Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings 10Unpacking the Module 11

Preparing the Product for Installation 11Checking the Packing List 11

Setting Jumpers 12Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control 12Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source 13Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output 14

Installing 6800+ Modules 15Making Connections 15Removing 6800+ Modules 15

Chapter 3 OperationOverview 17Operating Notes 18

Cross-Functional Parameter Changes 19Changing Parameter Settings 20

Recalling Default Parameter Settings 21Reading Software and Hardware Versions 21

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters 22LEDs and Alarms 30

Monitoring LEDs 30Module Status LEDs 32Alarms 33

Chapter 4 SpecificationsOverview 35Video Input 36

Serial Digital Video 36Reference Input 36

Video Output 37Composite Analog 37Serial Digital Video 38Data IO Output 38

Power Consumption 38Operating Temperature 39

iv ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 5: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Contents

Chapter 2 InstallationOverview 9Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings 10Unpacking the Module 11

Preparing the Product for Installation 11Checking the Packing List 11

Setting Jumpers 12Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control 12Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source 13Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output 14

Installing 6800+ Modules 15Making Connections 15Removing 6800+ Modules 15

Chapter 3 OperationOverview 17Operating Notes 18

Cross-Functional Parameter Changes 19Changing Parameter Settings 20

Recalling Default Parameter Settings 21Reading Software and Hardware Versions 21

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters 22LEDs and Alarms 30

Monitoring LEDs 30Module Status LEDs 32Alarms 33

Chapter 4 SpecificationsOverview 35Video Input 36

Serial Digital Video 36Reference Input 36

Video Output 37Composite Analog 37Serial Digital Video 38Data IO Output 38

Power Consumption 38Operating Temperature 39

iv ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 6: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Contents

Appendix A FiltersComposite Encoder Filter 41

NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter 41PAL-B Pass Filter 42

Cross-Color Reduction Filter 43Filter Summary 43Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response 44Horizontal High Pass Filters 44

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ TroubleshootingOverview 47Genlock Issues 48Output Issues 51

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Overview 53General Troubleshooting Steps 54Software Communication and Control Issues 55

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules 55+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame 56+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding 57+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window 57+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo 57CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module 58Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots 58

Hardware Communication and Control Issues 59Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure 59Module Does Not Seem to Work 59

Contacting Customer Service 59

IndexKeywords 61

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual v

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 7: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Contents

vi ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 8: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

Manual Information

PurposeThis manual details the features installation operation maintenance and specifications for the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

AudienceThis manual is written for engineers technicians and operators responsible for installation setup maintenance andor operation of the ENCENS6800+ Composite Video Encoder Modules

Revision HistoryTable P-1 Revision History of Manual

Edition Date Comments

A May 2003 Initial Release

B February 2004 Updated information includingbull Parameter optionsbull Jumper informationbull Alarm information

C August 2005 Minor corrections to content addition of communications troubleshooting information

D December 2005 Additional module-specific troubleshooting information

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual vii

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 9: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

Writing ConventionsTo enhance your understanding the authors of this manual have adhered to the following text conventions

Obtaining DocumentsProduct support documents can be viewed or downloaded from our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (go to Support gt Documentation) Alternatively contact your customer service representative to request a document

Table P-2 Writing Conventions

Term or Convention Description

Bold Indicates dialog boxes property sheets fields buttons check boxes list boxes combo boxes menus submenus windows lists and selection names

Italics Indicates E-mail addresses the names of books or publications and the first instances of new terms and specialized words that need emphasis

CAPS Indicates a specific key on the keyboard such as ENTER TAB CTRL ALT or DELETE

Code Indicates variables or command-line entries such as a DOS entry or something you type into a field

gt Indicates the direction of navigation through a hierarchy of menus and windows

hyperlink Indicates a jump to another location within the electronic document or elsewhere

Internet address Indicates a jump to a Web site or URL

NoteIndicates important information that helps to avoid and troubleshoot problems

viii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 10: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

UnpackingShipping InformationUnpacking a Product

This product was carefully inspected tested and calibrated before shipment to ensure years of stable and trouble-free service 1 Check equipment for any visible damage that may have occurred

during transit 2 Confirm that you have received all items listed on the packing list 3 Contact your dealer if any item on the packing list is missing4 Contact the carrier if any item is damaged5 Remove all packaging material from the product and its associated

components before you install the unitKeep at least one set of original packaging in the event that you need to return a product for servicing

Product ServicingExcept for firmware upgrades ENCENS6800+ modules are not designed for field servicing All hardware upgrades modifications or repairs require you to return the modules to the Customer Service center

Returning a ProductIn the unlikely event that your product fails to operate properly please contact Customer Service to obtain a Return Authorization (RA) number then send the unit back for servicing Keep at least one set of original packaging in the event that a product needs to be returned for service If the original package is not available you can supply your own packaging as long as it meets the following criteriabull The packaging must be able to withstand the productrsquos weightbull The product must be held rigid within the packagingbull There must be at least 2 in (5 cm) of space between the product and

the containerbull The corners of the product must be protected

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual ix

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 11: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

Ship products back to us for servicing prepaid and if possible in the original packaging material If the product is still within the warranty period we will return the product prepaid after servicing

Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance

Directive 200295ECmdashcommonly known as the European Union (EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS)mdashsets limits on the use of certain substances found in electrical and electronic equipment The intent of this legislation is to reduce the amount of hazardous chemicals that may leach out of landfill sites or otherwise contaminate the environment during end-of-life recycling The Directive takes effect on July 1 2006 and it refers to the following hazardous substances bull Lead (Pb)bull Mercury (Hg)bull Cadmium (Cd)bull Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)bull Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)bull Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)According to this EU Directive all products sold in the European Union will be fully RoHS-compliant and ldquolead-freerdquo (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Spare parts supplied for the repair and upgrade of equipment sold before July 1 2006 are exempt from the legislation Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a RoHS-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-1

Figure P-1 RoHS Compliance Emblem

x ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 12: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance

The European Union (EU) Directive 200296EC on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) deals with the collection treatment recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste products The objective of the WEEE Directive is to assign the responsibility for the disposal of associated hazardous waste to either the producers or users of these products Effective August 13 2005 producers or users will be required to recycle electrical and electronic equipment at end of its useful life and may not dispose of the equipment in landfills or by using other unapproved methods (Some EU member states may have different deadlines)In accordance with this EU Directive companies selling electric or electronic devices in the EU will affix labels indicating that such products must be properly recycled (See our Web site wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for more information on dates and deadlines for compliance) Contact your local sales representative for information on returning these products for recycling Equipment that complies with the EU directive will be marked with a WEEE-compliant emblem as shown in Figure P-2

Figure P-2 WEEE Compliance Emblem

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual xi

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 13: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Preface

SafetyCarefully review all safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it If this product is rack-mountable it should be mounted in an appropriate rack using the rack-mounting positions and rear support guides provided It is recommended that each frame be connected to a separate electrical circuit for protection against circuit overloading If this product relies on forced air cooling it is recommended that all obstructions to the air flow be removed prior to mounting the frame in the rack If this product has a provision for external earth grounding it is recommended that the frame be grounded to earth via the protective earth ground on the rear panelIMPORTANT Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures

Safety Terms and Symbols in this ManualWARNINGStatements identifying conditions or practices that may result in personal injury or loss of life High voltage is present

CAUTIONStatements identifying conditions or practices that can result in damage to the equipment or other property

xii ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 14: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1

Introduction

OverviewThe ENCENS6800+ SDI-to-NTSCPAL-B encoders are compact modules for NTSC PAL-B and PAL-M encoding Supporting 422 serial digital inputs they may be used as either quality broadcast encoders or as monitoring encoders The ENS6800+ also allows frame synchronization and cross-color reduction The following topics are described in this chapterbull ldquoProduct Descriptionrdquo on page 2 bull ldquoModule Descriptionsrdquo on page 4bull ldquoSignal Flowrdquo on page 8

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 15: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

Product DescriptionThe ENCENS6800+ encoders and synchronizers are part of the 6800+ Series of processing and conversion modules that have the following features

ENC6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputsbull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards

with settings shadowed and restored bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Color-frame locking if used with external genlock bull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustments for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENS6800+bull Encoding of 422 digital video into a composite analog signalbull 12-bit digital internal processing output over-sampled at 54 MHz bull Four composite outputsbull Two SDI reclocked outputs one dedicated one jumper-selectable

(for audio tracking signal with compatible audio synchronizers)bull Frame sync or delay modesbull Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay

2 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 16: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

bull Automatic selection between NTSC PAL-M and PAL-B standards with settings shadowed and restored

bull Genlock input on module or frame genlock to be used for referencebull Selection between black pass or freeze when input signal is lostbull Jitter removalbull EDH detectionbull Vertical blanking fieldlinemode control lines 10 to 21

(NTSCPAL-M) lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B)bull Adjustable level controls for luminance chrominance and blackbull Adjustment for plusmn180 degrees chrominance phasebull SCH offset (0180 for NTSC 090180270 for PAL)bull Adjustment for plusmn45 degrees fine phase bull Various test signals color bars modulated ramp multiburst

pulsebarsbull Pedestal onoff selection (with starting line selection)

bull Full control support via +Pilot LiteTM (included) or optional CCS PilotTM and CCS NavigatorTM (requires ICE6800+)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 17: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

Module Descriptions

Front ModuleFigure 1-1 is a generic top-front view of a typical 6800+ module and shows the general location of standard LEDs controls and jumpers

Figure 1-1 Typical 6800+ Module

Table 1-1 on page 5 briefly describes generic 6800+ LEDs switches and jumpers See ldquoChapter 3 Operationrdquo for more information on specific ENCENS6800+ module controls LEDs and jumpers

Module status LEDs

Mode select rotary switch

Navigation toggle switch

Monitoring LEDs

Remotelocal control jumper

Extractor handle

Control LEDs

NoteBefore connecting the ENC6800+ connector to primary power check and if necessary set the input voltage selector switch on the rear panel to match the local line voltage

4 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 18: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1-1 Generic 6800+ Module Features

Feature DescriptionModule status LEDs

Various color and lighting combinations of these LEDs indicate the module state See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for more information

Mode select rotary switch

This switch selects between various control parameters

Navigation toggle switch

This switch navigates up and down through the available control parametersbull Up Decrease

bull Down Increase

Control LEDs Various lighting combinations of these control LEDs (sometimes referred to as ldquoBank Select LEDsrdquo) indicate the currently selected bank See Table 3-1 ldquoSelected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDsrdquo for more information

Monitoring LEDs

Each 6800+ module has a number of LEDs assigned to indicate varying statesfunctions See ldquoMonitoring LEDsrdquo in Chapter 3 for a description of these LEDs

LocalRemote control jumper

bull Local Locks out external control panels and allows card-edge control only limits the functionality of remote software applications to monitoring

bull Remote Allows remote or local (card-edge) configuration operation and monitoring of theENCENS6800+

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 5

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 19: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

Back ConnectorENCENS6800+ Back Connector for FR6802+ Frame

Figure 1-2 shows the double-slot back connector used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in an FR6802+ frame

Figure 1-2 ENCENS6800+ Back Connector

SDI IN

525 625

GENLOCK

1 2

RECLKSDI

3

4

1

2

CMPST

The RECLK SDI 1 can also serve as a DATA IO output The function assignment is jumper selectable

Genlock 1 Genlock 2

6 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 20: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

68007000 Series Frame Back Connector (Overlay)Figure 1-3 shows the double-slot back connector overlay used by the ENCENS6800+ when installed in a 68007000 series frame

Figure 1-3 Back Connector Overlay for the 6800 Series Frame

SDI RLCK

COMPST VIDEO(PAL- BPAL-MNTSC)

SDI IN

Genlock 625 (Genlock 2)

Genlock 525(Genlock 1)

SDI RCLK or IO_DELAY

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 21: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 1 Introduction

Signal FlowFigure 1-4 shows the signal flow for the ENC6800+ module and Figure 1-5 shows the signal flow for the ENS6800+ module

Figure 1-4 ENC6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

Figure 1-5 ENS6800+ Signal Flow Diagram

NTSC referenceinput

Equalizer anddeserializer

Compositeencoder DAC

Genlock

SDI input

SDIoutputs

Compositeoutputs

Front-edgeuser interface

CCS controlmonitor portPAL reference

input

Frame reference

Equalizerand

deserializer

Compositeencoder

DAC LPF

Compositevideo outputs

SDI reclockedoutput 1SDI reclockedoutput 2

SDI videoInput

GenlockReference

videoinput

Card-edgecontrol

CCS control monitor port

8 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 22: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2

Installation

OverviewThis chapter describes the ENCENS6800+ installation process including the following topicsbull ldquoMaximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratingsrdquo on page 10bull ldquoUnpacking the Modulerdquo on page 11bull ldquoSetting Jumpersrdquo on page 12bull ldquoInstalling 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15bull ldquoMaking Connectionsrdquo on page 15bull ldquoRemoving 6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 15

See the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating an FR6802+ frame and its components See the 68007000 Series Frames and Power Supply Installation and Operation Manual for information about installing and operating a 68007000 series frame

CautionBefore installing this product read the 6800+ Series Safety Instructions and Standards Manual shipped with every FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual or downloadable from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch This safety manual contains important information about the safe installation and operation of 6800+ series products

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 9

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 23: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

Maximum 6800+ Frame Power RatingsThe power consumption for the ENC6800+ module is 67 W and for the ENS6800+ is 75 W Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 describe the maximum allowable power ratings for 6800+ frames Note the given maximums before installing any 6800+ modules in your frame

Table 2-1 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using an AC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM(frame without fans)

50 W 10 5 W

FR6802+DMF(frame with fans)

120 W 10 12 W

FR6802+X(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF(frame with fans)

120 W 20 6 W

Table 2-2 Maximum Power Ratings for 6800+ Frames When Using a DC Power Supply

6800+ Frame Type

Max Frame Power Dissipation

Number of Usable Slots

Max Power Dissipation Per Slot

FR6802+DM48(frame without fans)

50 W 10 50 W

FR6802+DMF48(frame with fans)

105 W 10 105 W

FR6802+X48(frame without fans)

50 W 20 25 W

FR6802+XF48(frame with fans)

105 W 20 525 W

10 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 24: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

Unpacking the Module

Preparing the Product for InstallationBefore you install the ENCENS6800+ perform the followingbull Check the equipment for any visible damage that may have

occurred during transitbull Confirm receipt of all items on the packing list See ldquoChecking the

Packing Listrdquo for more informationbull Remove the anti-static shipping pouch if present and all other

packaging materialbull Retain the original packaging materials for possible re-use

See ldquoUnpackingShipping Informationrdquo on page v for information about returning a product for servicing

Checking the Packing List

NoteContact your customer service representative if parts are missing or damaged

Table 2-3 Available Product Packages

Ordered Product Content DescriptionENCENS6800+ bull One ENCENS6800+ front module

bull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+D bull One ENCENS6800+ front modulebull One standard double-slot 10 BNC back

connectorbull One ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation

Manual

ENCENS6800+DR One standard double-slot 10 BNC back connector

153-00092-00 (Optional item)

ENCENS6800+ back connector overlay (for use in 68007000 series frames)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 11

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 25: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

Setting Jumpers The ENCENS6800+ module has three jumpers that you need to setbull J3 (See ldquoJumper J3 for Local or Remote Controlrdquo on page 12)bull J1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13)bull P1 (See ldquoSetting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY

Outputrdquo on page 14)

Figure 2-1 Location of the J3 J1 and P1Jumpers

Jumper J3 for Local or Remote ControlFollow this procedure to set the J3 jumper for either local or remote control1 Locate jumper J3 on the module (beside the extractor handle)

Figure 2-1 shows the standard location of the J3 jumper

NoteYou need to configure modules for local or remote operation prior to power-up To change the configuration first remove power from the module reset the jumper and then reapply power

The white triangle near the jumper pins on the module indicates pin 1

12 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 26: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

2 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 to set the module for Remote control or pins 2 and 3 to set the module for Local control See Figure 2-2

Figure 2-2 Jumper J3 Settings for Local and Remote Control

Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock SourceFollow this procedure to select the Genlock source by setting the J1 jumper to either Local or Frame mode1 Locate jumper J1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 if the genlock source is from the

local back connector (ldquoLrdquo) or pins 2 and 3 if the genlock source is from the frame (ldquoFrdquo) The frame genlock is available only with the FR6802+ frame

Figure 2-3 Jumper J1 Settings for Local or Frame Mode

The genlock source is not only selected by the J1 jumper setting described above but by the Reference Input Select parameter setting you make in Bank 0 rotary switch setting D (see Table 3-3 ldquoCard-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modulesrdquo on page 22) Parameter setting options include the followingbull Genlock 1 (labeled 525 on the rear module) Frame Genlock If

this setting is chosen then the genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input of the rear module (labeled 525) or from

Remote control setting Local control setting

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 3

Local mode Frame mode

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 13

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 27: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module as shown in Figure 2-3

bull Genlock 2 (labeled 625 on the rear module) If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input of the rear module and is independent of the jumper J1 setting

bull Auto Varies between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock This is used if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case one reference input would be applied to the Genlock 2 input and the other reference input would be applied to either Genlock 1 or Frame Then when the input signal changes between SD 525 and SD 625 the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock source Remember that jumper J1 determines whether Genlock 1 or Frame is the source of the first genlock input (see Figure 2-3)

When the genlock source input is valid the Genlock LED will turn green If you are using an ENS6800+ and the Genlock LED never turns green ensure that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is not set to Delay

Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY OutputFollow this procedure to set the P1 jumper to select Reclocked SDI or IO_DELAY output to a BNC output connector on the back module1 Locate jumper P1 on the module See Figure 2-1 on page 122 Place a jumper on pins 2 and 3 to set the module for SDI RCLK or

place a jumper on pins 1 and 2 and another jumper on pins 3 and 4 to set the module to output IO_DELAY

Figure 2-4 Jumper P1 Settings for Reclocked SDI or IO_Delay Output

Note Even though the rear module is labeled 525 for Genlock 1 and 625 for Genlock 2 either type of standard can be applied to either of the inputs They are not 525 or 625 dependent However the same type of genlock format (NTSC or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteThe ENC6800+ does not have IO_DELAY

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Reclocked SDI output IO_Delay output

14 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 28: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

Installing 6800+ ModulesThere are two types of modulesbull Double-slot back connectorsbull Front modulesBack connectors for this module come in the double-slot size Up to ten front modules can fit in an FR6802+ frame if they are connected to double-slot back connectors (two spaces are required to accommodate the extra width of the back connector)You can install most 6800+ modules in any unused slot without interfering with other frame functions

Making ConnectionsOnce you have installed the ENCENS6800+ module you can connect it to the appropriate input and outputs See Figure 1-2 on page 6 and Figure 1-3 on page 7

Removing 6800+ ModulesTo remove a module from an FR6802+ or 68007000 series frame follow these steps1 Pull out the finger-release screws on the right and left side of the

front panel and then open it2 Grasp the extractor handle on the installed module and then pull

the module out of its slot using the handle as a lever3 Close the front panel to ensure proper frame ventilation4 Remove the back connector from an FR6800+ frame in this way

a Unscrew the top of the corresponding back connector and tip it towards you

CautionBefore installing your modules see the Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings chart at the beginning of this chapter

NoteModules are hot-swappable and can be removed or replaced without powering down the frame

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 15

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 29: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 2 Installation

b Pull the bottom lip of the back connector from its slotc Reinstall a new or blank back connector in the empty slot to

ensure proper frame ventilation5 Remove the back connector overlay from the back panel of a

68007000 series frame Replace with a new back connector overlay if required

CautionTo prevent overheating during general frame operation and maintain proper airflow keep the front panel closed and all back connector slots covered during operation

16 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 30: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3

Operation

OverviewThis chapter describes how to operate the ENCENS6800+ using card-edge controls only See the following documents for information on how to operate this product remotelybull +Pilot Lite User Manual for serial interfacebull CCS Pilot CoPilot Navigator or RCP-CCS-1U Remote Control

Panel manual for Ethernet interface

The following topics are discussed in this chapterbull ldquoOperating Notesrdquo on page 18bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30bull ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20bull ldquoSetting ENCENS6800+ Control Parametersrdquo on page 22bull ldquoLEDs and Alarmsrdquo on page 30

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 17

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 31: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Operating NotesWhen setting the control parameters on the ENCENS6800+ observe the followingbull If you make changes to certain parameters other related parameters

may also be affected See ldquoCross-Functional Parameter Changesrdquo on page 19 for more information

bull When you change a parameter the effect is immediate However the module requires up to 20 seconds to save the latest change After 20 seconds the new settings are saved and will be restored if the module loses power and must be restarted

18 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 32: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Cross-Functional Parameter ChangesWhen you configure certain parameters you force a change in other associated parameters The following table lists the secondary changes that occur when you make these parameter selections

Table 3-1 Cross-Functional Parameter Changes

Parameter Option Affected Parameter ChangeSDI Video Standard 525 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63518 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-524 Ln

Black Level Enabled

Setup Enabled

Setup Starting Line Enabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Disabled

625 H Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-63963 micros

V Phase (ENS6800+ only) Range is 0-624 Ln

Black Level Disabled

Setup Disabled

Setup Starting Line Disabled

VBI Lines 6 7 8 9 22 and 23

Enabled

Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Delay Fine Phase Disabled

Sync Fine Phase Enabled

XCR Block (ENS6800+ only) Remove XCR Enable XCR Filter Disabled

Insert XCR Enable XCR Filter Enabled

VBI Field Field 1 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 1

Field 2 VBI Filter (All Lines) Affects Field 2

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 19

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 33: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Changing Parameter SettingsFollow these steps to change the ENCENS6800+ parameter settings1 Rotate the mode select rotary switch (hex switch) to ldquo0rdquo2 Once the hex switch is set to ldquo0rdquo toggle the navigation switch up or

down to select a bank View the two control LEDs next to the navigation toggle switch to see which bank is currently selectedSee Table 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo to view the various banks hex switch positions and corresponding parameter options and values

3 Rotate the hex switch to the parameter number (1 to 9) or letter (A to F) of the option you want to set

4 Toggle the navigation switch to select and set the value of the chosen parameter

5 Rotate the hex switch to another parameter numberletter in the current bank and then repeat step 4orRotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo again to select a different bank and then repeat steps 3 and 4

Table 3-2 Selected Bank as Indicated by Control LEDs

LED D2 LED D1 Bank NumberOff Off 0

Off On 1

On Off 2

On On 3

NoteFor best results use the available 6800+ software control options (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in viewing setting and confirming parameter values

20 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 34: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Recalling Default Parameter SettingsTable 3-2 ldquoParameter Optionsrdquo describes all of the parameter settings for the ENCENS6800+ including the original factory defaults To return this module to its default settings you can either reset each parameter individually or do a global recall following this procedure1 Rotate the hex switch to ldquo0rdquo2 Toggle the navigation switch to the bank number ldquo0rdquo

Use the control LEDs to verify which bank you have selected or use an available 6800+ software control option (seriallocal or Ethernetremote) to aid in confirming your bank selection

3 Rotate the hex switch to the global recall parameter ldquoFrdquo4 Toggle the navigation switch to ldquoOnrdquo

Use an available 6800+ software control option to aid in viewing setting and confirming the parameter value

Reading Software and Hardware VersionsThe current software version of your ENCENS6800+ module can only be viewed using a CCS-enabled control panel or a CCS software application such as Pilot or +Pilot Lite See your RCP-CCS-1U Installation and Operation Manual CCS software application user manual or CCS software application online help for information on viewing software and hardware version numbers

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 21

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 35: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Setting ENCENS6800+ Control ParametersThe following table lists all of the available parameters and options for the ENCENS6800+ All parameters clip unless otherwise indicatedThe OnOff combinations of the control LEDs on the card-edge indicate the active bank number See ldquoChanging Parameter Settingsrdquo on page 20 for more information

LegendBold option=Indicates that this is the default setting for the parameter[RO]=Indicates that parameters are read-onlyfeedback and cannot be used to select controls

All parameters clip unless otherwise noted

NoteThe sequence of options listed in the Options column mirrors the sequence achieved when you move the Navigation Toggle switch up

NoteBank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+ modules only

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

0 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

0 1 SDI Video Standard Selects the video standard input bull 625bull 525bull Auto

0 2 For Future Use

0 3 Black Level Adjusts the picture brightness plusmn75 IRE (0 IRE)

0 4 Luma Gain Adjust the luminous intensity of the video signal

plusmn30 dB(0 dB)

0 5 Chroma Gain Adjusts the picture color saturation plusmn30 dB (0 dB)

22 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 36: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

0 6 Chroma Phase Adjust the chroma phase with respect to burst

plusmn180deg(0deg)

0 7 Video Output Standard Set

Sets the video standard for the Composite output

bull NTSC(525 LED isgreen)(525 NTSC)

bull PAL-M(525 LED isorange)

bull PAL-B (625 PAL-B)

0 8 Active Video Setup Controls the addition of the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal signal to the active video lines in 525 line standard for the analog video output

bull Offbull On

0 9 Setup Starting Line Selects the start of the active video line where the SETUP (75 IRE) pedestal is being applied in 525 line standard for the analog video output

10-22 Ln(22 Ln)

0 A For Future Use

0 B Fine Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the output timing in fine increments

plusmn45deg(0deg)

0 C SCH Offset Controls the SCH offset for the composite video output to properly construct the color framing sequence

bull PAL-MB 0deg 90deg 180deg 270deg

bull NTSC 0deg 180deg(0deg)

0 D Reference Input Select Selects the reference input source

This parameter works in conjunction with the J1 LocalFrame jumper setting See ldquoSetting Jumper J1 for Genlock Sourcerdquo on page 13 for more information

bull Genlock 2(625 on overlay)

bull Genlock 1Frame(525 on overlay)

bull Auto

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 23

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 37: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

0 E Genlock Mode Selects the Genlock mode bull Free Runbull Mono Lockbull Burstbull Auto

0 F Factory Recall Recalls the factory settings

Note Bank 1 parameter options are available for selection on ENS6800+

1 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

1 1 Vertical Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the vertical timing bull 0 to 524 LnD1-525

bull 0 to 624 LnD1-625(0 ln)

(These parameters wrap)

1 2 Horizontal Phase (ENS6800+ only)

Adjusts the horizontal timing bull 0 to 63518micros D1-525bull 0 to 63963micros D1-625

0 micros(These parameters wrap)

1 3 - 4 For Future Use

1 5 Frame Sync Mode (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the operational mode for the Frame Synchronizer

bull Delay Mode bull Sync Mode

1 6 Freeze Type(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Field 1 bull Field 2bull Frame

1 7 Freeze Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Forces the output video to freeze bull Disabledbull Enabled

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

24 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 38: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

1 8 Loss of Video Output (ENS6800+ only)

Selects the output video mode when the input video is disrupted

bull Passbull Blackbull Freeze

1 9 Test Signal Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of internal test signal bull Color Barsbull Mod Rampbull MultiBurstbull Pulse amp Bars

1 A Test Signal Enable (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of the internal test signal generator

bull Offbull On

1 B For Future Use

1 C XCR Function Block (ENS6800+ only)

Controls the insertion of the cross-color reduction circuit in the signal processing path (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Removebull Insert

1 D XCR Function Enable(ENS6800+ only)

Controls the activation of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Disabledbull Enabled

1 E XCR Filter Select(ENS6800+ only)

Selects the type of cross-color reduction (not applicable to PAL-B)

bull Filter 1bull Filter 2bull Filter 3

1 F For future Use

Table 3-4 Card Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-525)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 25

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 39: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

2 2 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 5 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

26 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 40: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

2 C Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 D Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E-F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1-F For Future Use

Table 3-5 Card-Edge Parameter OptionsmdashGroups 2 and 3 (D1-625)

2 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

2 1 Field Select Selects a field for parameters in groups 2 and 3

bull Field 1bull Field 2

2 2 Line 6 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 3 Line 7 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 4 Line 8 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 27

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 41: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

2 5 Line 9 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 6 Line 10 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 7 Line 11 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 8 Line 12 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 9 Line 13 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 A Line 14 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 B Line 15 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 C Line 16 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma Oonlybull Blank

2 D Line 17 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

2 E Line 18 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

28 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 42: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

2 F For Future Use

3 0 Bank Select Selects a bank bull Bank 0 bull Bank 1bull Bank 2bull Bank 3(These parameters wrap)

3 1 Line 19 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 2 Line 20 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 3 Line 21 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 4 Line 22 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

3 5 Line 23 VBI Selects the processing mode for this VBI line

bull Passbull Luma onlybull Blank

For Future Use

Table 3-3 Card-Edge Parameter Optionsmdash ENCENS6800+ Modules(Continued)

Bank Rotary Switch

Parameter Name Function Parameter Option

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 29

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 43: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

LEDs and Alarms

Monitoring LEDsThe ENC6800+ has five monitoring LEDs and ENS6800+ has seven monitoring LEDs that serve as a quick monitoring reference Figure 3-1 shows the general location of the monitoring LEDs on a generic 6800+ module Table 3-6 describes each LED in more detail

Figure 3-1 Location of ENCENS6800+ LEDs

30 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 44: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs

LED Color Indications Meaning525 Off Selected input standard is

not D1-525

Flashing Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is not detected

Green Selected input standard is NTSC valid D1-525 video is present

Flashing Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is not detected

Orange Selected output standard is PAL-M valid D1-525 video is present

Auto Off Auto detection of the SDI input standard is not active

Green Auto detection of the SDI input standard is active

625 Off Selected input standard is not D1-625

Flashing Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is not present

Green Selected output standard is PAL-B valid D1-625 video is present

EDH Off EDH is not present

Green EDH is present

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 31

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 45: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Module Status LEDsThe ENCENS6800+ modules do not have any card-edge alarms Instead module status LEDs on the corner of the module light up if an error is detected See Figure 3-1 for the location of these LEDs and Table 3-7 for a definition of the LED colors

Genlock Off Either the Genlock Mode parameter is set to Free Run or the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Delay Mode

Flashing Green Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock Mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Green The modulersquos output is locked to reference video

Freeze (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos output is not frozen

Green The modulersquos output is frozen

TSG (ENS6800+ only)

Off The modulersquos test signal generator is not active

Green The modulersquos test signal generator is active

Table 3-6 Monitoring LEDs (Continued)

LED Color Indications Meaning

32 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 46: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

Alarms are usually logged and monitored within available software control applications (for example +Pilot Lite or Pilot) See the appropriate software control user manual or online help for more information

AlarmsTable 3-8 describes the specific alarms for the ENCENS6800+ You can only identify specific alarms using a software control application

NoteIf the LED is flashing red please contact your customer service representative

Table 3-7 Module Status LED Descriptions

LED Color Sequence MeaningOff There is no power to the module the module

is not operational

Green There is power to the module the module is operating properly

Red There is an alarm condition

Flashing red The module has detected a hardwarefirmware fault

Amber The module is undergoing configuration

Table 3-8 Alarm Definitions

Alarm Name Alarm Description Alarm Level

Loss of SDI Indicates SDI video input is missing Major

Loss of Reference_Locked

Indicates that Frame Sync Mode is set to Sync Mode and Genlock mode is not set to Free Run but the modulersquos output is not locked to reference video

Major

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 33

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 47: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 3 Operation

34 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 48: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4

Specifications

OverviewThe following specification tables appear in this chapterbull ldquoVideo Inputrdquo on page 36bull ldquoVideo Outputrdquo on page 37bull ldquoPower Consumptionrdquo on page 38Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 35

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 49: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Input

Serial Digital Video

Reference Input

Table 4-1 Serial Digital Video Input

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

CMR voltage 30 V p-p up to 60 Hz

Equalization Automatic up to gt23 dB 259M-C (typical)

Table 4-2 Reference Video Input

Item SpecificationsLevel 1 V pk-to-pk

Signal type Analog composite NTSCPAL-B

Connector BNC

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB (typical) to 6 MHz

36 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 50: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4 Specifications

Video Output

Composite AnalogTable 4-3 Composite Analog Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandards NTSC PAL-B PAL-M

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt40 dB to 575 MHz

Quantizing 12 bits

Frequency response plusmn015 dB to 55 MHz

Differential gain lt1 (typically lt05)

Differential phase lt1deg (typically lt05deg)

DC offset plusmn50 mV

Chromaluma delay lt15 ns

Chromaluma gain plusmn15

Transient response lt05 K factor

Line time distribution 01

Signal to noise gt60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full

Adjustable vertical blanking

bull 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2 272 to 283)

bull 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2 318 to 335)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 37

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 51: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4 Specifications

Serial Digital Video

Data IO Output

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Serial Digital Video Output

Item SpecificationsStandard SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mbps 525625 component

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Return loss gt18 dB to clock frequency

Signal level 800 mV plusmn10

DC offset 0 V plusmn05 V

Rise and fall times 075 ns to 15 ns

Table 4-5 Data IO Output

Item SpecificationOutput ports 1

Connector BNC per IEC 169-8

Impedance 75Ω

Table 4-6 Power Consumption

Module Power ConsumptionENC6800+ 67 W

ENS6800+ 75 W

38 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 52: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4 Specifications

Operating TemperatureThe operating temperature for ENCENS6800+ modules is 41deg to 113degF (5deg to 45degC)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 39

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 53: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Chapter 4 Specifications

40 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 54: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A

Filters

Composite Encoder Filter

NTSCPAL-M Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is very important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceThese filters are designed to the original RS-170A ldquoIrdquo specificationsFilter specificationsbull lt2 dB down at 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 3 MHz

Figure A-1 NTSCPAL-M Studio CrCb Filter

-30-25-20-15-10

-50

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 41

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 55: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A Filters

PAL-B Pass FilterLuminance

This filter is an ldquoall passrdquo filter No digital filtering is done on the composite encoder It is up to the user to supply a suitable signal that corresponds to the userrsquos encoder application This is important when the signal is being fed to a bandwidth-limited channel

ChrominanceFilter specifications (same as Tx filter)bull lt3 dB down before 13 MHzbull gt20 dB down after 4 MHz

Figure A-2 PAL-B Studio CrCb Filter

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

0 05 1 15 2 25 3Fre q (M Hz)

Le ve l (dB)

42 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 56: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A Filters

Cross-Color Reduction Filter This section describes the cross-color reduction filters that are available for the ENS-6804 board The filter responses and characteristics are limited to the structure of the custom FIR filter ASIC These are 12-bit coefficients with 15-tap folded FIR

Filter SummaryThe implementation of each Cross-Color Reduction filter consists of two filters a vertical high pass filter and a horizontal high pass filter The frequency response of the vertical HPF is fixed and is non-programmable while the horizontal HPF is programmable Table A-1 summarizes the selectable horizontal high pass filters The values are the approximate bandwidths for the application Examine the filter plots for greater detail

Table A-1 Bandwidth of Cross-Color Reduction Filters

Horizontal Pass Filters Cutoff FrequencyFilter 1 60 MHz

Filter 2 58 MHz

Filter 3 50 MHz

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 43

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 57: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A Filters

Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Figure A-3 XCR Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Horizontal High Pass FiltersFilter 1

Figure A-4 XCR Filter 1 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

44 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 58: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A Filters

Filter 2

Figure A-5 XCR Filter 2 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

Filter 3

Figure A-6 XCR Filter 3 High Pass Filter Frequency Response

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 45

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 59: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix A Filters

46 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 60: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 47

Appendix B

ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

OverviewThe following checklists will help you solve some of the most commonly seen issuesIt is split into the following two sections bull ldquoGenlock Issuesrdquo on page 48bull ldquoOutput Issuesrdquo on page 51For best results use + Pilot Lite software to check settings and parameters if housed inside an FR6802+ frame + Pilot Lite software is installed on a PC that connects to the 6800+ frame via the serial port connector at the rear of the frame and can be downloaded from wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch Use a null modem RS-232 cable to connect between the PC and the 6800+ frame

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 61: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

48 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Genlock Issues If the ENCENS6800+ cannot lock to genlock proceed through the following checklist1 Check that the Reference Input Select parameter is properly set

There are three choicesbull Genlock 1Frame Genlock - When this setting is chosen the

genlock source must come from either the Genlock 1 input (labelled 525) of the back module or from the FR6802+ frame genlock input This is determined by the position of jumper J1 on the ENCENS6800+ moduleSet to pins 1 and 2 for Genlock 1 input and pins 2 and 3 for FRAME input as shown below

Figure B-1 Genlock Mode Jumper Locations and Settings

bull Genlock 2 - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will be taken from the Genlock 2 input (labelled 625) of the back module and is independent of the jumperlsquo setting

bull Auto - If this setting is chosen the genlock source will vary between Genlock 1Frame and Genlock 2 genlock Use this setting if the card is expected to auto-switch between an NTSC or PAL-M reference and a PAL-B reference based on the video input In this case an NTSC reference would be applied one Genlock input and a PAL-B reference applied to the other Then when the input signal changes between NTSC and PAL-B the genlock will automatically switch to the appropriate genlock

NoteAlthough the ENC6800+ does not have a frame synchronizer it still uses the Genlock input for correct color framing on the composite outputs The ENC6800+ cannot be upgraded to an ENS6800+ in the field

NoteThe back module has Genlock 1 labeled 525 and Genlock 2 labeled 625 Despite this inaccurate labeling Genlock 1 can accept an NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B reference and is not limited to NTSC only as the labeling implies The same is true for the Genlock 2 input

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 62: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 49

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

source Remember that the jumper determines whether Genlock 1 or the Frame is the source of the second genlock input (see Figure B-1 on page 48)

When the genlock input is valid the D7 Genlock LED on the card edge will turn green

2 (ENS6800+ only) Check that the Frame Sync Mode parameter is set to Sync mode If this parameter is set to Delay it will not synchronize the video to the genlock reference

3 Check that the Genlock Mode parameter is not set to Free Run mode If this parameter is set to Free Run the video will not synchronize to the genlock reference

4 Check that the SDI Video Standard parameter is set to the correct standard for the current video input This parameter is normally left in Auto mode where it will automatically switch between 525 and 625 SDI video standards as the input changes However if this is forced into 525 or 625 then the genlock input must match the chosen standard For example if 625 mode is selected but an NTSC reference is present on the genlock input the unit will not genlock or synchronize

5 If the first four items are correct on your module the next thing to check is the back module Follow these steps a Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back module

NoteThe same type of genlock format (NTSC PAL-M or PAL-B) should never be applied to both genlock input sources at the same time

NoteBent pins may also cause communications issues with Pilot Lite Pilot or Navigator

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 63: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

50 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

c Check that the 20 pin spring connector at the bottom of the back module does not have any bent or pressed in pins (See Figure B-2) Even a slightly depressed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

Figure B-2 Back Module to Front Module Connector

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positionsIf this is not possible then the back module can be exchanged for a new one Use part number ENCENS6800+DR

6 If the ENCENS6800+ can still not be genlocked attempt doing a Factory Recall on the module

20-pin connector

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 64: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 51

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Output IssuesIf the SDI output has issues such as no output unstable output or frozen output proceed with the following checklist1 Check that the Video Output Standard Set parameter is set

correctly If a 525 SDI input is present then the valid output standard choices are NTSC or PAL-M If PAL-B is chosen but NTSC is desired the module will not pass good video

2 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be frozen check that the Freeze Enable parameter is not set to Enable When this parameter is set to Enable the ENS6800+ will freeze the last video frame or field that was received

3 (ENS6800+ only) - If the video output appears to be stuck on a test pattern check that the Test Signal Enable parameter is not enabled

4 If Closed Captioning on Line 21 does not appear to be picked up by CC decoders or is intermittent ensure that the Line 21 VBI parameters are set to Luma only This bypasses any cross color artifacts that may occura First go to the Field Select parameter and select Field 1b Go to the Line 21 VBI parameter and select Luma onlyc If there is Closed Caption 2 (CC 2) on Field 2 then go back to

the Field Select parameter and choose Field 2 and repeat step bIf the CC decoder still has problems decoding the closed captioning check that there is no setup on Line 21 Go to the Setup Starting Line parameter and set it to 22 so that setup is not added to Line 21

5 If the output is still not valid try doing a Factory Recall6 Check the Module Status LED on the card edge If it is flashing red

there is a likely hardware or firmware fault Contact Customer Service

If after going through this checklist the ENC6800+ or ENS6800+ module still does not operate as expected contact customer service for further assistance Send an email to serviceleitchcom

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 65: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

52 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix B ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 66: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C

Communication and ControlTroubleshooting Tips

OverviewFind the following troubleshooting information in this appendixbull ldquoGeneral Troubleshooting Stepsrdquo on page 54bull ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 55bull ldquoHardware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on page 59bull ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 53

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 67: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

General Troubleshooting StepsFollow these steps in troubleshooting 6800+ product problems1 Review the ldquoSoftware Communication and Control Issuesrdquo on

page 55 outlined in this chapter2 Search this product manual and other associated documentation for

answers to your questionProduct documentation (including manuals online help application notes erratas product release notes and more) can be found on our Web site at wwwbroadcastharriscomleitch (Support section) along with technical support information training information product downloads and the product knowledge base

3 Contact your customer service representative if after following these initial steps you cannot resolve the issueTo contact customer service see ldquoContacting Customer Servicerdquo on page 59

NoteAssociated documentation for 6800+ series products can generally be found in the product-specific manual that accompanies every module in the FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual and in the 6800+ Safety Instructions and Standards Manual

54 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 68: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Software Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modulesrdquo on

page 55bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Framerdquo on page 56bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Respondingrdquo on

page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing

in the Control Windowrdquo on page 57bull ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57bull ldquoCCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not

Communicate with Modulerdquo on page 58bull ldquoAlarm Query Fails When a Device Rebootsrdquo on page 58

+ Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed ModulesConfirm that the following items are not the reason for the communication failurebull Proper module slot has not been specified (+ Pilot Lite is not

communicating with the appropriate slot) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on slot identification

bull COM port is used elsewhere (Check that the correct COM port is configured in + Pilot Lite and that another application is not using that COM port)

bull Actual frame ID does not match with the two DIP switch settings in the back of the frame (+ Pilot Lite is not communicating with the proper frame) See your FR6802+ Frame Installation and Operation Manual for more information on frame ID switch settings

bull A null modem cable is not being used Between the PC running + Pilot Lite and the FR6802+ frame there should be a null RS-232 modem cable At minimum this requires that pins 2 and 3 are crossed and 5 to 5 for ground

bull ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame (+ Pilot Lite control is disabled if an ICE6800+ module is installed in the frame ICE6800+ modules are used for CCS control)

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 55

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 69: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

bull A legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products They will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls The module must be from the 6800+ product family

bull Check that the back module does not have any bent pinsFollow this procedurea Unplug the front moduleb Unscrew and remove the back modulec View the 20-pin spring connector at the bottom of the back

module See Figure C-1

Figure C-1 Back Module to Front Module Connector

This connector should not have any bent or pressed pins Even a slightly depresssed or bent pin may cause genlock issues

d If there are bent pins carefully re-position them to their correct positions If this is not possible then a back module can be exchanged for a new one

+ Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in FrameIf a discovery is started too soon after frame power-up + Pilot Lite will not find all the installed modules Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) and ensure that installed modules are fully powered-up before discovery

20-pin connector

56 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 70: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

If a module is plugged into the frame after a discovery + Pilot Lite does not automatically detect the module Refresh + Pilot Lite (File gt Refresh) to discover the newly installed moduleIf a Legacy 6800 series product is in the frame + Pilot Lite will not detect it + Pilot Lite cannot communicate with legacy 6800 series products Although they can be installed in the FR6802+ frame and work using card edge controls they will not be discovered or controlled by + Pilot Lite For + Pilot Lite to find a module it must be from the 6800+ product family

+ Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding+ Pilot Lite and CCS applications such as Navigator or Pilot cannot run on the same PC at the same time Both applications can be installed but only one can be opened at a time

+ Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window

Consider these questionsbull Did you physically set the jumper for local control If so set this

jumper to the REM position for remote controlbull Is the module properly seated in the frame and in the right slot

Check the positioning of the module in its slot in the framebull Does the Control window indicate the device is ldquoreadyrdquo The

device may be powered off or disconnected from the network See ldquo+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquordquo on page 57

+ Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo+ Pilot Lite reports each devicersquos connection status in the status bar If the connection status message reads ldquoNot Readyrdquo check the followingbull Is the module properly seated in the frame Check the position of

the module in the framebull Is the frame connected to the network Check the devicersquos network

connection For + Pilot Lite an RS-232 null modem cable is required between the PC and the FR6802+ frame

If the status bar still reports no status or ldquoNot Readyrdquo for the frame or device try restarting + Pilot Lite

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 57

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 71: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module

CCS software applications (such as Pilot CoPilot and Navigator) and remote control panels require the purchase and installation of an ICE6800+ module in an FR6802+XF frame in order to communicate remotely via Ethernet

Alarm Query Fails When a Device RebootsWhen you reboot a device connected to your PC the alarm traffic and status update messages may cause an alarm query request to time out and fail While the query does not automatically retry it will post an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message to the Diagnostics windowTo clear an ldquoAlarm query failedrdquo message right-click inside the Diagnostics window and then select Refresh from the resulting context menu

58 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 72: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

Hardware Communication and Control Issuesbull ldquoFrames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failurerdquo

on page 59bull ldquoModule Does Not Seem to Workrdquo on page 59

Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure

Have you exited the software and restarted since the frame recovered from its power failure To restore communications between the PC and the frames ensure that the frames have three or more minutes to recover from the power failure before you exit the application and restart the PC

Module Does Not Seem to WorkAlthough the following troubleshooting tips may seem obvious please take the time to ensure the followingbull All appropriate rear connections are securely madebull The board is securely installed (with no bent pins)bull The frame is turned on

Contacting Customer ServiceWe are committed to providing round-the-clock 24-hour service to our customers around the world Visit our Web site atwwwbroadcastharriscomleitch for information on how to contact the customer service team in your geographical region

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 59

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 73: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Appendix C Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips

60 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 74: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Index

KeywordsSymbols525 input 48625 input 4868007000 series frames 11

Aactive bank number 22active video setup 23Adjustable vertical blanking 37alarm query 58alarms 30 33 58analog composite 36analog signal 2application not responding 57associated parameters 19audio synchronizers compatible 2audio tracking signal 2auto genlock select 48available parameters 22

Bback connector 6 7 11 50Bank Select 22black 2 3 22BNC connector 36

Ccard edge operation 17CCS application 57changing parameters 20

chroma gain 22chroma phase 23Chromaluma delay 37Chromaluma gain 37chrominance 2 3 41CJ1 jumper 12clip 22Closed Captioning 51CMR voltage 36color bars 3compatibility 57compatible audio synchronizers 2composite analog signal 2Composite Analog video output 37Composite Encoder Filter 41composite outputs 2connections 15Connector 36 38contacting customer service 59control LEDs 5 20control problems 57controls 4CrCb Filter 42cross color artifacts 51cross-color reduction 2

circuit 25filter 43

cross-functional parameter changes 19customer service contacting 59

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 61

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 75: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Index

DData IO Output 38DC offset 37 38default parameter settings 21Delay Mode 32description product 2Differential gain 37Differential phase 37digital filtering 42digital internal processing over-sample rate 2discovery failure 56disrupted video 25

EEDH 31EDH detection 2 3Encoder Filter 41encoding 2Equalization 36external genlock 2

FFactory Recall 24 51fail to communicate 59Field Select 51filters 43Fine Phase 19 23FIR filter 43FR6802+ frames 9Frame Genlock 48frame genlock 2 3Frame Sync Mode 19 32 49Free Run 32freeze 3 24Freeze Enable 51Frequency response 37front module 11

GGenlock 48

input 2 3mode 24 32source 13

HH Phase 19hardware version 21horizontal high pass filter 43 44Horizontal Phase 24

IICE6800+ 2Impedance 36 38input level 36input signal loss 3input signal type 36input standard 31installation 9 15installed modules 56internal processing 2internal processing rate 2internal test signal 25IO_delay output 14

JJA jumper 13JB jumper 14jitter 2 3jumper CJ1 12jumper JA 13jumper JB 14jumpers 4 12

62 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 76: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Index

LLED locations 4LEDs 30Line 21 51Line time distribution 37local control 12 57local mode 13localRemote control jumper 5lock reference video 32loss of input signal 3Loss of Video Output 25Luma Gain 22Luma only 51luminance 2 3 41

Mmaking connections 15Manual information viindash vii ndashviiimaximum allowable power ratings 10mode select rotary switch 5modulated ramp 3module not found 56module state 5module status LEDs 5 32 51modules removing 15monitoring LEDs 5 30multiburst 3

Nnavigation toggle switch 5 20network connection 57not ready status 57NTSCPAL-M pass filter 41

Ooperating notes 18operating temperature 39operation 17output

ports 38standard 31timing 23video mode 25

outputs 2over-sample rate 2

Ppacking list 11PAL-B Pass Filter 42parameter

changes 19settings 20

pass 3Pass Filter 41pedestal 2 3Pilot Lite 2pin spring connector 50power

consumption 10 38dissipation 10failure 59frame ratings 10

Precautions safety xiiproduct description 2Product servicing ixpulsebars 3

Rreboot device 58recalling default parameter settings 21reclocked outputs 2reclocking SDI 14reference 2 3Reference Input Select 23 48remote control 12 57remote mode 13removing modules 15Return loss 36 38Returning a product ix

ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual 63

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 77: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Index

Revision history of the manual viiRise and fall times 38RoHS-compliance xrotary switch 20

SSafety precautions xiiSCH offset 2 3 23SDI outputs 2SDI video standard 19 22serial digital video 36

output 38setup 19

pedestal signal 23starting line 19 23

Shipping and unpacking a product ixShipping information ixsignal flow 8Signal level 36 38Signal to noise 37software version 21Specifications 35Standards

RoHS compliance xvideo 36WEEE compliance xi

status not ready 57Support documents viiisync mode 19

Ttemperature 39test signal 3

select 25Test Signal Enable 51Trademarks and copyrights ii

Transient response 37troubleshooting 47ndash59Tx filter 42types of modules 15

UUnpacking and shipping a product ixUnpacking information ixunpacking modules 11usable slots 10

VV Phase 19VBI lines 19vertical blanking 3

control 2vertical high pass filter frequency response 44video input 36video output 37

standard set 23Video Output Standard Set 51video reference lock 32video standard 36

WWarranty information iiWEEE compliance xiWriting conventions viii

XXCR Block 19XCR filter 25 45XCR function 25

64 ENCENS6800+ Installation and Operation Manual

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords
Page 78: ENC_ENS6800+_Ed-D_175-000147-00

Broadcast Communications Division 4393 Digital Way | Mason OH USA 45040 | Tel 1 (513) 459 3400

wwwbroadcastharriscom

Copyright copy 2006 Harris Corporation

Harris and Leitch are registered trademarks of Harris Corporation Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies

  • Preface
    • Manual Information
      • Purpose
      • Audience
      • Revision History
      • Writing Conventions
      • Obtaining Documents
        • UnpackingShipping Information
          • Unpacking a Product
          • Product Servicing
          • Returning a Product
            • Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Compliance
            • Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Compliance
            • Safety
              • Safety Terms and Symbols in this Manual
                  • Introduction
                    • Overview
                    • Product Description
                    • Module Descriptions
                      • Front Module
                      • Back Connector
                        • Signal Flow
                          • Installation
                            • Overview
                            • Maximum 6800+ Frame Power Ratings
                            • Unpacking the Module
                              • Preparing the Product for Installation
                              • Checking the Packing List
                                • Setting Jumpers
                                  • Jumper J3 for Local or Remote Control
                                  • Setting Jumper J1 for Genlock Source
                                  • Setting Jumper P1 for Reclocking and IO_DELAY Output
                                    • Installing 6800+ Modules
                                    • Making Connections
                                    • Removing 6800+ Modules
                                      • Operation
                                        • Overview
                                        • Operating Notes
                                          • Cross-Functional Parameter Changes
                                            • Changing Parameter Settings
                                              • Recalling Default Parameter Settings
                                              • Reading Software and Hardware Versions
                                                • Setting ENCENS6800+ Control Parameters
                                                • LEDs and Alarms
                                                  • Monitoring LEDs
                                                  • Module Status LEDs
                                                  • Alarms
                                                      • Specifications
                                                        • Overview
                                                        • Video Input
                                                          • Serial Digital Video
                                                          • Reference Input
                                                            • Video Output
                                                              • Composite Analog
                                                              • Serial Digital Video
                                                              • Data IO Output
                                                                • Power Consumption
                                                                • Operating Temperature
                                                                  • Filters
                                                                    • Composite Encoder Filter
                                                                      • NTSCPAL-M Pass Filter
                                                                      • PAL-B Pass Filter
                                                                        • Cross-Color Reduction Filter
                                                                          • Filter Summary
                                                                          • Vertical High Pass Filter Frequency Response
                                                                          • Horizontal High Pass Filters
                                                                              • ENCENS6800+ Troubleshooting
                                                                                • Overview
                                                                                • Genlock Issues
                                                                                • Output Issues
                                                                                  • Communication and Control Troubleshooting Tips
                                                                                    • Overview
                                                                                    • General Troubleshooting Steps
                                                                                    • Software Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Fails to Communicate with Installed Modules
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Does Not Find All Modules in Frame
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite or CCS Software Application Not Responding
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Cannot Control a Module Showing in the Control Window
                                                                                      • + Pilot Lite Status Bar Reports lsquoNot Readyrsquo
                                                                                      • CCS Software Application or Remote Control Panel Does Not Communicate with Module
                                                                                      • Alarm Query Fails When a Device Reboots
                                                                                        • Hardware Communication and Control Issues
                                                                                          • Frames Fail to Communicate with the PC after a Power Failure
                                                                                          • Module Does Not Seem to Work
                                                                                            • Contacting Customer Service
                                                                                            • Keywords